ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.102
Committed: Fri Sep 5 16:00:17 2014 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
CVS Tags: rel-4_18, rel-4_19
Changes since 1.101: +24 -21 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.102 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.28 (Pod::Simple 3.28)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59     .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{
60     . if \nF \{
61     . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.100 . if !\nF==2 \{
65     . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.102 .TH LIBEV 3 "2014-09-05" "libev-4.15" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
246     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
247     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
248 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
398 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
399 root 1.9 .Sp
400     .Vb 6
401     \& static void *
402 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
403 root 1.9 \& {
404     \& for (;;)
405     \& {
406     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
407 root 1.60 \&
408 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
409     \& return newptr;
410 root 1.60 \&
411 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
412     \& }
413     \& }
414 root 1.60 \&
415 root 1.9 \& ...
416     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
417     .Ve
418 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
419     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
420 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
421 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
422     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
423 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
424 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
425     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
426     (such as abort).
427 root 1.9 .Sp
428 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
429 root 1.9 .Sp
430     .Vb 6
431     \& static void
432     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
433     \& {
434     \& perror (msg);
435     \& abort ();
436     \& }
437 root 1.60 \&
438 root 1.9 \& ...
439     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
440     .Ve
441 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
442     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
443     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
444     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
445     handlers or random threads.
446     .Sp
447     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
448     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
449     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
450     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
451     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
452     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
453 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
454     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
455     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
456     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
457     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
458 root 1.73 .PP
459     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
460 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
461     do not.
462 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
463     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
464 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
465     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
466     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
467     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
468     .Sp
469     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
470     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
471     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
472     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
473     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
474 root 1.1 .Sp
475     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
476 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
477 root 1.1 .Sp
478 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
479 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
480     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
481     threads anyway).
482     .Sp
483     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
484     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
485     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
486     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
487     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
488     .Sp
489     Example: This is the most typical usage.
490     .Sp
491     .Vb 2
492     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
493     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
494     .Ve
495     .Sp
496     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
497     environment settings to be taken into account:
498     .Sp
499     .Vb 1
500     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
501     .Ve
502     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
503     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
504     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
505     could not be initialised, returns false.
506 root 1.63 .Sp
507 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
508     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
509     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
510 root 1.60 .Sp
511 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
512 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
513 root 1.1 .Sp
514 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
515 root 1.1 .RS 4
516     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
517     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
518     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
519     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
520     thing, believe me).
521     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
524 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
525 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
526     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
527     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
528 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
529     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
530     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
531     thread modifies them).
532 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
533     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
534     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
535 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
536     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
537 root 1.35 .Sp
538     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
539     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
540 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
541 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
542 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
543 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
544     .Sp
545     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
546     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
547     flag.
548     .Sp
549 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
550 root 1.35 environment variable.
551 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
552     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
553     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
554     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
555 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
556 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
557     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
558 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
559     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
560     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
561     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
562 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
563 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
564     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
565     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
566     threads that are not interested in handling them.
567     .Sp
568     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
569     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
570     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
571 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
572     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
573     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
574     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
575 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
576 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
577     .Sp
578     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
579     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
580     unblocking the signals.
581     .Sp
582 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
583     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
584     .Sp
585 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
586 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
587     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
588 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
589 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
590     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
591     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
592 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
593 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
594 root 1.58 .Sp
595     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
596 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
597 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
598     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
599     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
600 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
601 root 1.71 .Sp
602     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
603     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
604     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
605 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
606     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
607 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
608 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
609     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
610     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
611     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
612     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
613     performance tips.
614 root 1.71 .Sp
615     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
616     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
617 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
618     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
619 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
620 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
621     kernels).
622     .Sp
623 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
624     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
625     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
626     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
627 root 1.73 .Sp
628     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
629     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
630     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
631 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
632     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
633     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
634     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
635     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
636     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
637     and is of course hard to detect.
638 root 1.73 .Sp
639 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
640     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
641     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
642     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
643     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
644     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
645     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
646     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
647     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
648     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
649 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
650     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
651 root 1.3 .Sp
652 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
653     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
654     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
655 root 1.84 .Sp
656 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
657 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
658     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
659     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
660     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
661     file descriptors.
662 root 1.58 .Sp
663     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
664 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
665     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
666     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
667 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
668     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
669     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
670 root 1.58 .Sp
671 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
672     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
673     the usage. So sad.
674     .Sp
675 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
676 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
677 root 1.71 .Sp
678     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
680 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
681     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
682 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
683 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
684     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
685     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
686     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
687     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
688     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
689     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
690     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
691     system like NetBSD.
692 root 1.3 .Sp
693 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
694     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
695     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
696     .Sp
697 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
698 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
699     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
700 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
701 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
702     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
703 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
704 root 1.58 .Sp
705     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
706     .Sp
707     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
708     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
709     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
710     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
711 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
712 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
713 root 1.71 .Sp
714     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
715     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
716     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
717 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
718     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
719     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
720 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
721     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
722     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
723     immensely.
724 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
725     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
726 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
727 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
728 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
729 root 1.7 .Sp
730 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
731     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
732     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
733     might perform better.
734 root 1.60 .Sp
735 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
736     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
737     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
738     hacks).
739     .Sp
740     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
741     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
742 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
743 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
744 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
745     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
746     to re-arm the watcher.
747 root 1.85 .Sp
748     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
749 root 1.71 .Sp
750     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
751     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
752 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
753     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
754     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
755 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
756     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
757 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
758 root 1.58 .Sp
759 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
760     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
761     at all.
762     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
763     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
764     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
765     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
766     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
767     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
768 root 1.1 .RE
769     .RS 4
770 root 1.3 .Sp
771 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
772     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
773     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
774     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
775 root 1.8 .Sp
776 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
777 root 1.8 .Sp
778 root 1.82 .Vb 3
779     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
780     \& if (!epoller)
781     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
782 root 1.8 .Ve
783     .Sp
784 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
785 root 1.82 used if available.
786 root 1.8 .Sp
787     .Vb 1
788 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
789 root 1.8 .Ve
790 root 1.1 .RE
791 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
792     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
793     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
794 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
795     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
796 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
797 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
798 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
799 root 1.12 for example).
800 root 1.52 .Sp
801 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
802     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
803     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
804 root 1.52 .Sp
805 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
806     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
807     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
808     .Sp
809     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
810 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
811 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
812     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
813     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
814     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
815 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
816     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
817     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
818     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
819     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
820     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
821 root 1.82 .Sp
822 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
823 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
824     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
825     during fork.
826 root 1.60 .Sp
827     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
828 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
829     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
830     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
831     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
832     costly reset of the backend).
833 root 1.1 .Sp
834     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
835 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
836     .Sp
837     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
838     using pthreads.
839 root 1.1 .Sp
840 root 1.82 .Vb 5
841     \& static void
842     \& post_fork_child (void)
843     \& {
844     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
845     \& }
846     \&
847     \& ...
848     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
849 root 1.1 .Ve
850 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
851     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
852 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
853     otherwise.
854 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
855     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
856     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
857     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
858     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
859 root 1.37 .Sp
860     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
861     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
862 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
863     prepare and check phases.
864     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
865     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
866     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
867 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
868 root 1.79 .Sp
869 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
870     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
871 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
872     .Sp
873 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
874     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
875     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
876     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
877 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
878     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
879     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
880 root 1.1 use.
881     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
882     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
883     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
884 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
885     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
886     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
887 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
888 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
889     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
890     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
891     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
892 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
893 root 1.71 .Sp
894     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
895     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
896     the current time is a good idea.
897     .Sp
898     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
899 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
900     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
901     .PD 0
902     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
903     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
904     .PD
905 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
906     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
907 root 1.78 .Sp
908     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
909     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
910     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
911     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
912     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
913     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
914     .Sp
915     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
916     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
917     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
918 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
919 root 1.78 .Sp
920     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
921     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
922     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
923     .Sp
924     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
925     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
926 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
927     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
928 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
929 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
930 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
931 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
932 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
933 root 1.1 .Sp
934 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
935     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
936     called.
937 root 1.1 .Sp
938 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
939     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
940     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
941     .Sp
942 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
943 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
944 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
945     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
946     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
947     beauty.
948 root 1.9 .Sp
949 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
950     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
951 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
952     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
953     .Sp
954 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
955     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
956     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
957     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
958     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
959 root 1.1 .Sp
960 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
961 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
962     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
963 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
964 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
965     iteration of the loop.
966     .Sp
967     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
968     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
969 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
970 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
971     .Sp
972 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
973     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
974     future versions):
975 root 1.8 .Sp
976 root 1.60 .Vb 10
977 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
978     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
979 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
980 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
981     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
982 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
983 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
984 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
985 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
986     \& as to not disturb the other process.
987 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
988 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
989 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
990 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
991 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
992     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
993 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
994 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
995     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
996 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
997     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
998     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
999 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1000 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1001     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1002 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1003     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1004 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1005     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1006     \& continue with step LOOP.
1007     \& FINISH:
1008     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1009     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1010     \& \- Return.
1011 root 1.2 .Ve
1012 root 1.9 .Sp
1013 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1014 root 1.9 anymore.
1015     .Sp
1016     .Vb 4
1017     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1018     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1019 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1020 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1021 root 1.9 .Ve
1022 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1023     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1024     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1025 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1026 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1027     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1028 root 1.60 .Sp
1029 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1030 root 1.72 .Sp
1031 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1032     which case it will have no effect.
1033 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1034     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1035     .PD 0
1036     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1037     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1038     .PD
1039     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1040     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1041 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1042 root 1.71 .Sp
1043 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1044 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1045 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1046     before stopping it.
1047 root 1.71 .Sp
1048 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1049 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1050 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1051     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1052     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1053     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1054     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1055     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1056     in the callback).
1057 root 1.9 .Sp
1058 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1059 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1060     .Sp
1061     .Vb 4
1062 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1063 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1064     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1065 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1066 root 1.9 .Ve
1067     .Sp
1068 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1069 root 1.9 .Sp
1070     .Vb 2
1071 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1072     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1073 root 1.9 .Ve
1074 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1075     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1076 root 1.56 .PD 0
1077 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1078     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1079 root 1.56 .PD
1080     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1081 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1082     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1083     latency.
1084 root 1.56 .Sp
1085     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1086 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1087     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1088     opportunities).
1089     .Sp
1090     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1091     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1092     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1093 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1094     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1095     .Sp
1096     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1097     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1098     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1099 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1100 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1101     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1102 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1103     good enough).
1104 root 1.56 .Sp
1105     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1106     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1107 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1108     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1109     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1110 root 1.56 .Sp
1111 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1112 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1113     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1114     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1115 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1116     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1117     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1118     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1119 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1120 root 1.71 .Sp
1121     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1122     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1123     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1124     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1125     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1126     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1127 root 1.79 .Sp
1128     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1129     more often than 100 times per second:
1130     .Sp
1131     .Vb 2
1132     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1133     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1134     .Ve
1135     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1136     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1137     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1138 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1139     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1140     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1141     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1142     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1143     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1144 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1145     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1146     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1147     are pending.
1148     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1149     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1150     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1151 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1152 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1153     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1154     .Sp
1155     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1156     callback.
1157 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1158     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1159 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1160     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1161     each call to a libev function.
1162     .Sp
1163 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1164     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1165 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1166 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1167 root 1.79 .Sp
1168     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1169     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1170     afterwards.
1171     .Sp
1172     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1173     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1174     .Sp
1175     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1176     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1177     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1178     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1179 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1180 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1181     .Sp
1182 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1183 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1184     .Sp
1185     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1186     document.
1187     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1188     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1189     .PD 0
1190 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1191     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1192 root 1.79 .PD
1193     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1194     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1195 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1196 root 1.79 .Sp
1197     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1198     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1199     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1200     any other purpose as well.
1201 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1202     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1203 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1204 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1205 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1206     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1207     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1208 root 1.67 .Sp
1209     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1210     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1211     data structures consistent.
1212 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1213     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1214 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1215     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1216     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1217     .PP
1218 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1219     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1220     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1221     for that:
1222 root 1.1 .PP
1223     .Vb 5
1224 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1225 root 1.68 \& {
1226     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1227 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1228 root 1.68 \& }
1229     \&
1230     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1231 root 1.73 \&
1232     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1233     \&
1234 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1235     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1236     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1237 root 1.73 \&
1238 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1239 root 1.1 .Ve
1240     .PP
1241     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1242 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1243     stack).
1244     .PP
1245     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1246     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1247 root 1.1 .PP
1248 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1249     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1250     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1251     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1252     and/or writable).
1253 root 1.1 .PP
1254 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1255     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1256     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1257 root 1.1 .PP
1258     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1259 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1260 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1261 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1262 root 1.1 .PP
1263     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1264     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1265 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1266 root 1.1 .PP
1267     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1268     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1269     third argument.
1270     .PP
1271     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1272     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1273     are:
1274     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1275     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1276     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1277     .PD 0
1278     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1279     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1280     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1281     .PD
1282     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1283     writable.
1284 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1285     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1286     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1287 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1288     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1289     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1290     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1291     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1292     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1293     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1294     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1295     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1296     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1297     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1298     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1299     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1300 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1301     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1302     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1303     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1304 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1305     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1306     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1307     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1308     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1309     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1310     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1311     .PD 0
1312     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1313     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1314     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1315     .PD
1316 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1317     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1318     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1319     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1320     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1321     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1322     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1323     .Sp
1324     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1325     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1326     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1327     blocking).
1328 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1329     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1330     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1331     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1332     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1333     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1334     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1335     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1336     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1337 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1338     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1339     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1340     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1341 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1342     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1343     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1344     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1345 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1346     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1347     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1348     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1349     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1350 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1351     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1352     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1353 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1354 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1355     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1356 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1357     .Sp
1358     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1359     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1360     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1361     bug in your program.
1362 root 1.1 .Sp
1363 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1364     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1365     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1366     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1367     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1368     thing, so beware.
1369 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1370 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1371 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1372     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1373     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1374     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1375     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1376     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1377     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1378     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1379     which rolls both calls into one.
1380     .Sp
1381     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1382     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1383     .Sp
1384 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1385 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1386 root 1.71 .Sp
1387     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1388     .Sp
1389     .Vb 3
1390     \& ev_io w;
1391     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1392     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1393     .Ve
1394 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1395     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1396     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1397 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1398     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1399     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1400     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1401     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1402     .Sp
1403     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1404     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1405 root 1.71 .Sp
1406     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1407 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1408     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1409     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1410 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1411     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1412 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1413 root 1.71 .Sp
1414     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1415     .Sp
1416     .Vb 1
1417     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1418     .Ve
1419 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1420     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1421     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1422 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1423     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1424 root 1.71 .Sp
1425     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1426     whole section.
1427     .Sp
1428     .Vb 1
1429     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1430     .Ve
1431 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1432     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1433     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1434 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1435     the watcher was active or not).
1436     .Sp
1437     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1438     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1439     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1440     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1441     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1442 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1443     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1444     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1445     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1446     it.
1447     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1448     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1449     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1450     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1451     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1452 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1453     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1454     it).
1455 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1456     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1457 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1458 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1459     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1460 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1461     (modulo threads).
1462 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1463     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1464 root 1.37 .PD 0
1465     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1466     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1467     .PD
1468     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1469     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1470     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1471     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1472     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1473     .Sp
1474     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1475     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1476     .Sp
1477 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1478     pending.
1479     .Sp
1480 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1481     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1482     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1483     .Sp
1484 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1485     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1486     .Sp
1487 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1488 root 1.78 priorities.
1489 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1490     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1491     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1492     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1493 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1494     callback.
1495 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1496     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1497 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1498     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1499 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1500 root 1.71 .Sp
1501     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1502     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1503 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1504     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1505     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1506     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1507     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1508     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1509     .Sp
1510     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1511     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1512     not started in the first place.
1513     .Sp
1514     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1515     functions that do not need a watcher.
1516 root 1.1 .PP
1517 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1518     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1519     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1520 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1521     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1522     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1523     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1524     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1525 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1526     .IX Item "initialised"
1527 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1528 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1529     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1530     .Sp
1531 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1532     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1533     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1534     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1535 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1536     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1537     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1538     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1539     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1540     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1541     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1542     .IP "pending" 4
1543     .IX Item "pending"
1544     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1545     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1546     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1547     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1548     callback.
1549     .Sp
1550     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1551     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1552     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1553     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1554     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1555     previous item still apply.
1556     .Sp
1557     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1558     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1559     active.
1560     .IP "stopped" 4
1561     .IX Item "stopped"
1562     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1563     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1564     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1565     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1566     freeing it is often a good idea.
1567     .Sp
1568     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1569 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1570     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1571     it again).
1572 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1573 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1574     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1575     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1576     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1577     .PP
1578     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1579     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1580     range.
1581     .PP
1582     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1583     by event loops:
1584     .PP
1585     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1586     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1587     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1588     .PP
1589     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1590     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1591     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1592     before polling for new events.
1593     .PP
1594     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1595     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1596     .PP
1597     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1598     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1599     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1600     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1601     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1602     priority ones.
1603     .PP
1604     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1605     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1606     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1607     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1608     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1609     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1610     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1611     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1612     always, what you want).
1613     .PP
1614     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1615     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1616     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1617     required.
1618     .PP
1619     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1620     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1621     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1622     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1623 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1624 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1625     workable.
1626     .PP
1627     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1628     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1629     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1630     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1631     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1632     .PP
1633     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1634     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1635     other events are pending:
1636     .PP
1637     .Vb 2
1638     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1639     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1640     \&
1641     \& static void
1642     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1643     \& {
1644     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1645     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1646     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1647     \&
1648 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1649 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1650     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1651     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1652     \& }
1653     \&
1654     \& static void
1655 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1656 root 1.78 \& {
1657     \& // actual processing
1658     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1659     \&
1660     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1661     \& // we have handled the event
1662     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1663     \& }
1664     \&
1665     \& // initialisation
1666     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1667     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1668     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1669     .Ve
1670     .PP
1671     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1672     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1673     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1674     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1675     important ones.
1676 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1677     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1678     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1679 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1680     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1681     .PP
1682     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1683     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1684     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1685     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1686     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1687     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1688     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1689     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1690 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1691     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1692 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1693 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1694 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1695     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1696     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1697     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1698     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1699     receive future events.
1700 root 1.1 .PP
1701     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1702     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1703     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1704     required if you know what you are doing).
1705     .PP
1706 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1707 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1708 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1709 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1710     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1711     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1712     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1713 root 1.17 .PP
1714 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1715     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1716     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1717 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1718     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1719 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1720     indefinitely.
1721     .PP
1722     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1723 root 1.49 .PP
1724     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1725     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1726     .PP
1727 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1728 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1729     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1730 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1731     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1732     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1733     fact, a different file descriptor.
1734     .PP
1735     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1736     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1737     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1738     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1739     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1740     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1741     .PP
1742     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1743     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1744     optimisations to libev.
1745 root 1.50 .PP
1746 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1747     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1748 root 1.54 .PP
1749     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1750 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1751     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1752     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1753 root 1.54 .PP
1754 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1755     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1756 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1757     .PP
1758 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1759     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1760     .PP
1761     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1762     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1763     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1764     .PP
1765     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1766     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1767     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1768     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1769     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1770     .PP
1771     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1772     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1773     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1774     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1775     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1776     .PP
1777     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1778     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1779     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1780 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1781 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1782     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1783     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1784     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1785     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1786     .PP
1787     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1788 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1789 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1790     reuse the same code path.
1791     .PP
1792 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1793     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1794     .PP
1795     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1796     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1797 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1798 root 1.54 .PP
1799 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1800     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1801     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1802 root 1.54 .PP
1803 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1804     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1805     .PP
1806 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1807     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1808 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1809 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1810 root 1.63 .PP
1811     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1812 root 1.100 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE \s0(and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1813 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1814     .PP
1815 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1816     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1817     .PP
1818 root 1.100 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX \s0\f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1819 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1820     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1821     .PP
1822     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1823     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1824     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1825     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1826     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1827     .PP
1828     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1829     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1830     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1831     cope with overload is known (to me).
1832     .PP
1833     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1834     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1835     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1836     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1837     .PP
1838     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1839     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1840     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1841     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1842     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1843     usage.
1844     .PP
1845     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1846     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1847     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1848     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1849     clients under typical overload conditions.
1850     .PP
1851     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1852     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1853     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1854     .PP
1855 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1856     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1857 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1858     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1859     .PD 0
1860     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1861     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1862     .PD
1863 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1864 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1865     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1866 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1867     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1868     The file descriptor being watched.
1869     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1870     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1871     The events being watched.
1872 root 1.9 .PP
1873 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1874     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1875     .PP
1876 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1877 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1878 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1879 root 1.9 .PP
1880     .Vb 6
1881 root 1.68 \& static void
1882 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1883 root 1.68 \& {
1884     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1885 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1886 root 1.68 \& }
1887     \&
1888     \& ...
1889     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1890 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1891 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1892     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1893 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1894 root 1.9 .Ve
1895 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1896     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1897 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1898 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1899     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1900     .PP
1901     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1902 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1903 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1904 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1905 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1906     .PP
1907 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1908 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1909 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1910     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1911     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1912     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1913     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1914 root 1.71 .PP
1915 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1916     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1917     .PP
1918     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1919     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1920     you want to raise some error after a while.
1921     .PP
1922     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1923     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1924     .PP
1925     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1926     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1927     data or other life sign was received).
1928     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1929     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1930     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1931     start the watcher:
1932     .Sp
1933     .Vb 2
1934     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1935     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1936     .Ve
1937     .Sp
1938     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1939     and start it again:
1940     .Sp
1941     .Vb 3
1942     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1943     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1944     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1945     .Ve
1946     .Sp
1947     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1948     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1949     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1950     still not a constant-time operation.
1951     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1952     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1953     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1954     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1955     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1956     .Sp
1957     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1958     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1959     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1960     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1961     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1962     .Sp
1963     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1964     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1965     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1966     .Sp
1967     At start:
1968     .Sp
1969     .Vb 3
1970 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1971 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1972     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1973     .Ve
1974     .Sp
1975     Each time there is some activity:
1976     .Sp
1977     .Vb 1
1978     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1979     .Ve
1980     .Sp
1981     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1982     whether the watcher is active or not:
1983     .Sp
1984     .Vb 2
1985     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1986     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1987     .Ve
1988     .Sp
1989     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1990     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1991     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1992     .Sp
1993     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1994     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1995     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1996     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1997     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1998     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1999     associated activity resets.
2000     .Sp
2001     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2002     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2003     within the callback:
2004     .Sp
2005 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2006     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2007 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2008 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2009 root 1.73 \&
2010     \& static void
2011     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2012     \& {
2013 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2014     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2015 root 1.73 \&
2016 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2017 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2018 root 1.73 \& {
2019 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2020 root 1.73 \& }
2021     \& else
2022     \& {
2023 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2024     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2025     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2026     \& // the timeout can occur.
2027     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2028     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2029 root 1.73 \& }
2030     \& }
2031     .Ve
2032     .Sp
2033 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2034     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2035     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2036     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2037     .Sp
2038     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2039     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2040     .Sp
2041     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2042     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2043     .Sp
2044     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2045 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2046 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2047 root 1.73 .Sp
2048     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2049     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2050     libev to change the timeout.
2051     .Sp
2052 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2053     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2054     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2055     the timer:
2056 root 1.73 .Sp
2057     .Vb 3
2058 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2059     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2060     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2061 root 1.73 .Ve
2062     .Sp
2063 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2064 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2065     .Sp
2066 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2067     \& if (activity detected)
2068     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2069     .Ve
2070     .Sp
2071     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2072     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2073 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2074 root 1.88 .Sp
2075     .Vb 3
2076     \& timeout = new_value;
2077     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2078     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2079 root 1.73 .Ve
2080     .Sp
2081     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2082     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2083     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2084     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2085     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2086     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2087     do even better:
2088     .Sp
2089     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2090     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2091     .Sp
2092     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2093     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2094     .Sp
2095     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2096     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2097     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2098     .Sp
2099     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2100     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2101     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2102     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2103     .PP
2104     So which method the best?
2105     .PP
2106     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2107     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2108     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2109     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2110     .PP
2111     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2112     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2113     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2114     overkill :)
2115     .PP
2116 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2117     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2118     .PP
2119     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2120     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2121     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2122     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2123     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2124     .PP
2125     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2126     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2127     .PP
2128     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2129     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2130     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2131     expect.
2132     .PP
2133     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2134     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2135     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2136     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2137     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2138     .PP
2139     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2140     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2141     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2142     intentions.
2143     .PP
2144     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2145     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2146     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2147     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2148     .PP
2149     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2150     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2151     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2152     late\*(R" side of things.
2153     .PP
2154 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2155     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2156     .PP
2157 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2158     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2159 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2160 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2161     lots of events in one iteration.
2162     .PP
2163 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2164     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2165 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2166 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2167 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2168     for it:
2169 root 1.1 .PP
2170     .Vb 1
2171 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2172 root 1.1 .Ve
2173 root 1.2 .PP
2174 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2175     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2176 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2177     further into the future.
2178 root 1.50 .PP
2179 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2180     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2181     .PP
2182     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2183     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2184     jumps).
2185     .PP
2186     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2187     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2188     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2189     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2190     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2191     .PP
2192     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2193     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2194     a second or so.
2195     .PP
2196     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2197     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2198     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2199     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2200     .PP
2201     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2202     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2203     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2204     .PP
2205     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2206     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2207     exactly the right behaviour.
2208     .PP
2209     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2210     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2211     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2212     .PP
2213 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2214     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2215     .PP
2216     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2217     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2218     .PP
2219     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2220     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2221     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2222     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2223     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2224     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2225     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2226     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2227     be adjusted accordingly.
2228     .PP
2229     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2230     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2231     .PP
2232     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2233     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2234     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2235     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2236     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2237     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2238     .PP
2239     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2240     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2241     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2242     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2243     .PP
2244 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2245     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2246 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2247     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2248     .PD 0
2249     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2250     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2251     .PD
2252 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2253     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2254     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2255     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2256     until stopped manually.
2257     .Sp
2258     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2259     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2260     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2261     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2262     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2263 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2264     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2265 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2266     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2267     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2268 root 1.1 .Sp
2269 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2270     applied to the watcher:
2271     .RS 4
2272     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2273     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2274     .PD 0
2275     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2276     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2277     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2278     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2279     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2280     .RE
2281     .RS 4
2282     .PD
2283 root 1.1 .Sp
2284 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2285     usage example.
2286 root 1.88 .RE
2287 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2288     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2289 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2290     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2291     the timeout value currently configured.
2292     .Sp
2293     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2294 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2295 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2296     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2297     too), and so on.
2298 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2299     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2300     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2301 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2302 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2303 root 1.9 .PP
2304 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2305     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2306     .PP
2307 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2308 root 1.9 .PP
2309     .Vb 5
2310 root 1.68 \& static void
2311 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2312 root 1.68 \& {
2313     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2314     \& }
2315     \&
2316 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2317 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2318     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2319 root 1.9 .Ve
2320     .PP
2321 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2322 root 1.9 inactivity.
2323     .PP
2324     .Vb 5
2325 root 1.68 \& static void
2326 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2327 root 1.68 \& {
2328     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2329     \& }
2330     \&
2331 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2332 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2333     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2334 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2335 root 1.68 \&
2336     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2337     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2338     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2339 root 1.9 .Ve
2340 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2341     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2342 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2343 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2344     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2345     .PP
2346 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2347     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2348     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2349     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2350     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2351     wrist-watch).
2352     .PP
2353     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2354     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2355     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2356     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2357     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2358     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2359     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2360     .PP
2361     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2362     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2363     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2364     those cannot react to time jumps.
2365 root 1.2 .PP
2366 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2367 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2368     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2369     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2370 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2371 root 1.50 .PP
2372     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2373     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2374 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2375     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2376 root 1.1 .PD 0
2377 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2378     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2379 root 1.1 .PD
2380 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2381 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2382 root 1.1 .RS 4
2383 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2384 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2385 root 1.60 .Sp
2386 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2387 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2388     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2389     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2390     this point in time.
2391 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2392 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2393 root 1.60 .Sp
2394 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2395 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2396     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2397     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2398 root 1.1 .Sp
2399 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2400 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2401     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2402 root 1.1 .Sp
2403     .Vb 1
2404     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2405     .Ve
2406     .Sp
2407     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2408 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2409 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2410     by 3600.
2411     .Sp
2412     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2413     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2414 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2415 root 1.46 .Sp
2416 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2417     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2418     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2419     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2420     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2421     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2422 root 1.67 .Sp
2423 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2424 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2425 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2426 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2427 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2428 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2429 root 1.60 .Sp
2430 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2431 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2432     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2433     current time as second argument.
2434     .Sp
2435 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2436 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2437     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2438 root 1.67 .Sp
2439     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2440     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2441     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2442 root 1.1 .Sp
2443 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2444 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2445 root 1.1 .Sp
2446 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2447     \& static ev_tstamp
2448     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2449 root 1.1 \& {
2450     \& return now + 60.;
2451     \& }
2452     .Ve
2453     .Sp
2454     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2455     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2456     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2457     might be called at other times, too.
2458     .Sp
2459 root 1.100 \&\s-1NOTE: \s0\fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2460 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2461 root 1.1 .Sp
2462     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2463 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2464 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2465     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2466     reason I omitted it as an example).
2467     .RE
2468     .RS 4
2469     .RE
2470     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2471     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2472     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2473     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2474     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2475     program when the crontabs have changed).
2476 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2477     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2478 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2479     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2480     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2481     rescheduling modes.
2482 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2483     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2484     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2485 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2486     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2487 root 1.46 .Sp
2488     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2489     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2490 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2491     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2492     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2493     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2494     called.
2495 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2496     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2497 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2498     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2499     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2500 root 1.9 .PP
2501 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2502     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2503     .PP
2504 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2505 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2506 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2507 root 1.9 .PP
2508     .Vb 5
2509 root 1.68 \& static void
2510 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2511 root 1.68 \& {
2512     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2513     \& }
2514     \&
2515 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2516 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2517     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2518 root 1.9 .Ve
2519     .PP
2520 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2521 root 1.9 .PP
2522     .Vb 1
2523 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2524 root 1.60 \&
2525 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2526 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2527 root 1.68 \& {
2528 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2529 root 1.68 \& }
2530 root 1.60 \&
2531 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2532 root 1.9 .Ve
2533     .PP
2534 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2535 root 1.9 .PP
2536     .Vb 4
2537 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2538 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2539     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2540     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2541 root 1.9 .Ve
2542 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2543     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2544 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2545 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2546     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2547 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2548 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2549     .PP
2550 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2551     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2552     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2553     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2554     .PP
2555     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2556     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2557     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2558     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2559     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2560 root 1.71 .PP
2561 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2562     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2563     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2564 root 1.80 .PP
2565 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2566 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2567     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2568     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2569     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2570 root 1.61 .PP
2571 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2572     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2573     .PP
2574     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2575     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2576     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2577 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2578     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2579 root 1.81 .PP
2580     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2581     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2582     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2583     certain signals to be blocked.
2584     .PP
2585     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2586     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2587     choice usually).
2588     .PP
2589     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2590     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2591     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2592     .PP
2593     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2594 root 1.100 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API \s0(\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2595 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2596     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2597     .PP
2598     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2599     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2600     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2601     .PP
2602 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2603     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2604     .PP
2605     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2606     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2607     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2608     .PP
2609     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2610     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2611     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2612     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2613     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2614     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2615     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2616     .PP
2617 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2618     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2619 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2620     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2621     .PD 0
2622     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2623     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2624     .PD
2625     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2626     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2627 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2628     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2629     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2630 root 1.61 .PP
2631     \fIExamples\fR
2632     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2633     .PP
2634 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2635 root 1.61 .PP
2636     .Vb 5
2637 root 1.68 \& static void
2638 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2639 root 1.68 \& {
2640 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2641 root 1.68 \& }
2642     \&
2643 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2644 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2645 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2646 root 1.61 .Ve
2647 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2648     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2649 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2650 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2651 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2652     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2653     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2654     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2655     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2656 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2657     in the next callback invocation is not.
2658 root 1.61 .PP
2659     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2660 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2661 root 1.61 .PP
2662 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2663     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2664     libev)
2665     .PP
2666 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2667     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2668     .PP
2669     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2670 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2671     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2672 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2673     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2674     children, even ones not watched.
2675     .PP
2676     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2677     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2678     .PP
2679     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2680     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2681     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2682     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2683     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2684     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2685     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2686 root 1.50 .PP
2687 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2688     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2689     .PP
2690     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2691     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2692     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2693 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2694     problem).
2695 root 1.71 .PP
2696 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2697     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2698 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2699     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2700 root 1.1 .PD 0
2701 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2702     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2703 root 1.1 .PD
2704     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2705     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2706     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2707     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2708     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2709 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2710     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2711     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2712 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2713     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2714     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2715     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2716     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2717     The process id that detected a status change.
2718     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2719     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2720     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2721     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2722 root 1.9 .PP
2723 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2724     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2725     .PP
2726 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2727     its completion.
2728 root 1.9 .PP
2729 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2730 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2731 root 1.61 \&
2732 root 1.68 \& static void
2733 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2734 root 1.68 \& {
2735     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2736     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2737     \& }
2738     \&
2739     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2740     \&
2741     \& if (pid < 0)
2742     \& // error
2743     \& else if (pid == 0)
2744     \& {
2745     \& // the forked child executes here
2746     \& exit (1);
2747     \& }
2748     \& else
2749     \& {
2750     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2751     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2752     \& }
2753 root 1.9 .Ve
2754 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2755     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2756 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2757 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2758 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2759 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2760     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2761     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2762 root 1.22 .PP
2763     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2764 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2765     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2766     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2767     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2768     contents.
2769 root 1.22 .PP
2770 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2771     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2772     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2773     .PP
2774     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2775     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2776     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2777     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2778     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2779     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2780     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2781     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2782 root 1.22 .PP
2783     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2784     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2785 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2786 root 1.22 .PP
2787 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2788 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2789     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2790     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2791 root 1.50 .PP
2792 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2793     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2794     .PP
2795     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2796 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2797     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2798 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2799     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2800     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2801 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2802 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2803 root 1.69 .PP
2804     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2805     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2806     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2807     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2808     default compilation environment.
2809 root 1.63 .PP
2810 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2811     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2812 root 1.59 .PP
2813 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2814     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2815     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2816     watcher is being started.
2817 root 1.59 .PP
2818 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2819 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2820 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2821 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2822 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2823     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2824     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2825     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2826 root 1.59 .PP
2827 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2828 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2829 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2830     etc. is difficult.
2831 root 1.59 .PP
2832 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2833     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2834     .PP
2835     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2836     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2837     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2838     .PP
2839     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2840     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2841 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2842 root 1.74 watcher).
2843     .PP
2844     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2845     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2846     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2847     .PP
2848     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2849     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2850     .PP
2851 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2852     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2853     .PP
2854 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2855     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2856     still only support whole seconds.
2857 root 1.59 .PP
2858 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2859     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2860     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2861 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2862     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2863 root 1.65 .PP
2864     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2865 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2866 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2867     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2868     .PP
2869     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2870     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2871     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2872     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2873     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2874     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2875     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2876     the timer callback).
2877 root 1.59 .PP
2878 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2879     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2880 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2881     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2882     .PD 0
2883     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2884     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2885     .PD
2886     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2887     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2888     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2889     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2890     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2891     .Sp
2892 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2893     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2894     last change was detected).
2895 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2896     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2897 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2898 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2899     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2900     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2901     new values.
2902 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2903     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2904 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2905 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2906 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2907     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2908     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2909 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2910     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2911     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2912 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2913     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2914     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2915 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2916     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2917     The specified interval.
2918     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2919     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2920 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2921 root 1.22 .PP
2922 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2923     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2924     .PP
2925 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2926     .PP
2927 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2928 root 1.68 \& static void
2929     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2930     \& {
2931     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2932     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2933     \& {
2934     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2935     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2936     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2937     \& }
2938     \& else
2939     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2940     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2941     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2942     \& }
2943 root 1.60 \&
2944 root 1.68 \& ...
2945     \& ev_stat passwd;
2946 root 1.60 \&
2947 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2948     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2949 root 1.22 .Ve
2950 root 1.59 .PP
2951     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2952     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2953     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2954     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2955     .PP
2956     .Vb 2
2957 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2958     \& static ev_timer timer;
2959 root 1.60 \&
2960 root 1.68 \& static void
2961     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2962     \& {
2963     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2964     \&
2965     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2966     \& }
2967     \&
2968     \& static void
2969     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2970     \& {
2971     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2972     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2973     \& }
2974     \&
2975     \& ...
2976     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2977     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2978     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2979 root 1.59 .Ve
2980 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2981     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2982 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2983 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2984 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2985     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2986 root 1.37 .PP
2987     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2988     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2989     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2990     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2991     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2992     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2993 root 1.1 .PP
2994     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2995     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2996     .PP
2997     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2998     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2999 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3000 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3001 root 1.50 .PP
3002 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3003     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3004     .PP
3005     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3006     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3007     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3008     lowest priority will do.
3009     .PP
3010     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3011     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3012     between different connections.
3013     .PP
3014     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3015     example.
3016     .PP
3017 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3018     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3019 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3020     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3021 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3022     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3023     believe me.
3024 root 1.9 .PP
3025 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3026     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3027     .PP
3028 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3029     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3030 root 1.9 .PP
3031 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3032 root 1.68 \& static void
3033 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3034 root 1.68 \& {
3035 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3036     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3037     \&
3038     \& // now we can free it
3039 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3040 root 1.93 \&
3041 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3042     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3043     \& }
3044     \&
3045 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3046 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3047 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3048 root 1.9 .Ve
3049 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3050     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3051 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3052 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3053 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3054     afterwards.
3055     .PP
3056 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3057     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3058     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3059     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3060     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3061     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3062     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3063 root 1.20 .PP
3064 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3065 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3066 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3067 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3068     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3069     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3070     watcher).
3071 root 1.1 .PP
3072 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3073     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3074     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3075     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3076     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3077     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3078     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3079     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3080 root 1.1 .PP
3081     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3082     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3083     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3084     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3085     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3086     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3087     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3088     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3089 root 1.45 .PP
3090 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3091     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3092     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3093     watchers).
3094 root 1.71 .PP
3095     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3096     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3097     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3098     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3099     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3100     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3101     others).
3102 root 1.50 .PP
3103 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3104     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3105     .PP
3106     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3107     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3108     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3109     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3110     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3111     connections have a chance of making progress.
3112     .PP
3113     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3114     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3115     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3116     .PP
3117     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3118     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3119     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3120     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3121     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3122     .PP
3123 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3124     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3125 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3126     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3127     .PD 0
3128     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3129     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3130     .PD
3131     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3132     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3133 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3134     pointless.
3135 root 1.9 .PP
3136 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3137     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3138     .PP
3139 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3140     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3141     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3142 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3143     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3144     Glib event loop).
3145 root 1.44 .PP
3146     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3147     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3148     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3149     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3150     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3151 root 1.20 .PP
3152     .Vb 2
3153 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3154     \& static ev_timer tw;
3155     \&
3156     \& static void
3157 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3158 root 1.68 \& {
3159     \& }
3160     \&
3161     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3162     \& static void
3163 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3164 root 1.68 \& {
3165     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3166     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3167     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3168     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3169     \&
3170     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3171 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3172 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3173 root 1.60 \&
3174 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3175     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3176     \& {
3177     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3178     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3179     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3180     \&
3181     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3182     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3183     \& }
3184     \& }
3185     \&
3186     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3187     \& static void
3188 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3189 root 1.68 \& {
3190     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3191     \&
3192     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3193     \& {
3194     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3195     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3196     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3197     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3198     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3199     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3200 root 1.60 \&
3201 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3202     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3203     \& }
3204     \&
3205     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3206     \& }
3207 root 1.20 .Ve
3208 root 1.44 .PP
3209     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3210     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3211     .PP
3212     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3213 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3214 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3215     .PP
3216     .Vb 5
3217 root 1.68 \& static void
3218     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3219     \& {
3220     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3221     \& update_now (EV_A);
3222     \&
3223     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3224     \& }
3225     \&
3226     \& static void
3227     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3228     \& {
3229     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3230     \& update_now (EV_A);
3231 root 1.60 \&
3232 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3233     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3234     \& }
3235     \&
3236     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3237 root 1.44 .Ve
3238     .PP
3239     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3240 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3241     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3242 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3243 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3244     libglib event loop.
3245 root 1.44 .PP
3246     .Vb 4
3247 root 1.68 \& static gint
3248     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3249     \& {
3250     \& int got_events = 0;
3251     \&
3252     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3253     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3254     \&
3255     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3256     \& // create/start timer
3257     \&
3258     \& // poll
3259 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3260 root 1.68 \&
3261     \& // stop timer again
3262     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3263     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3264 root 1.60 \&
3265 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3266     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3267     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3268     \&
3269     \& return got_events;
3270     \& }
3271 root 1.44 .Ve
3272 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3273     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3274 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3275 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3276 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3277     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3278 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3279 root 1.10 .PP
3280     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3281     prioritise I/O.
3282     .PP
3283     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3284     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3285     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3286 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3287     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3288     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3289     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3290     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3291     .PP
3292     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3293     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3294     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3295     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3296     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3297 root 1.10 .PP
3298 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3299     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3300     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3301     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3302     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3303     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3304     .PP
3305     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3306     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3307     .PP
3308     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3309     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3310     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3311     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3312 root 1.10 .PP
3313 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3314 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3315     portable one.
3316     .PP
3317     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3318     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3319     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3320 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3321 root 1.50 .PP
3322 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3323     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3324     .PP
3325     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3326     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3327     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3328     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3329     as applicable.
3330     .PP
3331 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3332     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3333 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3334     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3335 root 1.10 .PD 0
3336 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3337     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3338 root 1.10 .PD
3339 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3340     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3341     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3342     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3343 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3344 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3345     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3346     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3347 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3348 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3349 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3350     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3351 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3352 root 1.60 .PP
3353     \fIExamples\fR
3354     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3355     .PP
3356     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3357     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3358 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3359     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3360 root 1.60 used).
3361     .PP
3362     .Vb 3
3363 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3364     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3365 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3366 root 1.102 \&
3367 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3368     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3369     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3370     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3371     \& : 0;
3372     \&
3373     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3374     \& if (loop_lo)
3375     \& {
3376     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3377     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3378     \& }
3379     \& else
3380     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3381 root 1.60 .Ve
3382     .PP
3383     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3384     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3385     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3386     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3387     .PP
3388     .Vb 3
3389 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3390     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3391 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3392 root 1.102 \&
3393 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3394     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3395     \& {
3396     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3397     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3398     \& }
3399 root 1.60 \&
3400 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3401     \& loop_socket = loop;
3402 root 1.60 \&
3403 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3404 root 1.60 .Ve
3405 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3406     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3407 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3408     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3409     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3410 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3411     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3412     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3413     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3414     of course.
3415 root 1.51 .PP
3416 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3417     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3418     .PP
3419 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3420 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3421     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3422     .PP
3423     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3424     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3425     fork.
3426     .PP
3427     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3428     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3429     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3430     .PP
3431     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3432     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3433     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3434     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3435     .PP
3436     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3437     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3438     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3439     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3440     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3441     signal watchers).
3442     .PP
3443     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3444     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3445 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3446     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3447     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3448     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3449     signal watchers.
3450 root 1.78 .PP
3451 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3452     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3453 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3454     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3455 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3456     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3457 root 1.82 really.
3458     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3459     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3460     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3461     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3462     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3463     .PP
3464     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3465     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3466     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3467     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3468     .PP
3469     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3470     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3471     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3472     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3473     .PP
3474     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3475     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3476     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3477     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3478     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3479     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3480     pointless, I assure you.
3481     .PP
3482     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3483     cleanup functions are called.
3484     .PP
3485     .Vb 5
3486     \& static void
3487     \& program_exits (void)
3488     \& {
3489     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3490     \& }
3491     \&
3492     \& ...
3493     \& atexit (program_exits);
3494     .Ve
3495     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3496     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3497     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3498 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3499 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3500     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3501     .PP
3502 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3503     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3504     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3505     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3506 root 1.61 .PP
3507     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3508     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3509     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3510 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3511 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3512     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3513     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3514 root 1.61 .PP
3515     \fIQueueing\fR
3516     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3517     .PP
3518     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3519     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3520     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3521 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3522     semantics.
3523 root 1.61 .PP
3524     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3525 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3526 root 1.61 queue:
3527     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3528     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3529     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3530 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3531     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3532 root 1.61 .Sp
3533     .Vb 1
3534     \& static ev_async mysig;
3535     \&
3536     \& static void
3537     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3538     \& {
3539     \& sometype data;
3540     \&
3541     \& // no locking etc.
3542     \& queue_put (data);
3543     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3544     \& }
3545     \&
3546     \& static void
3547     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3548     \& {
3549     \& sometype data;
3550     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3551     \&
3552     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3553     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3554     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3555     \&
3556     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3557     \& process (data);
3558     \&
3559     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3560     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3561     \& }
3562     .Ve
3563     .Sp
3564     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3565     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3566     either...).
3567     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3568     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3569     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3570     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3571     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3572     .Sp
3573     .Vb 2
3574     \& static ev_async mysig;
3575     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3576     \&
3577     \& static void
3578     \& otherthread (void)
3579     \& {
3580     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3581     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3582     \& queue_put (data);
3583     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3584     \&
3585     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3586     \& }
3587     \&
3588     \& static void
3589     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3590     \& {
3591     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3592     \&
3593     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3594     \& process (data);
3595     \&
3596     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3597     \& }
3598     .Ve
3599     .PP
3600     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3601     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3602     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3603     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3604     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3605 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3606 root 1.71 trust me.
3607 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3608     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3609     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3610 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3611     returns.
3612     .Sp
3613     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3614     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3615     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3616 root 1.61 .Sp
3617 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3618 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3619     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3620     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3621     .Sp
3622     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3623     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3624     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3625     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3626     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3627     zero) under load.
3628 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3629     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3630     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3631     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3632     event loop.
3633     .Sp
3634     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3635     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3636     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3637 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3638 root 1.63 .Sp
3639 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3640     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3641     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3642     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3643 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3644     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3645     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3646     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3647     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3648     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3649 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3650 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3651     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3652     more watchers yourself.
3653     .Sp
3654 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3655     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3656     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3657 root 1.1 .Sp
3658     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3659     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3660 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3661 root 1.1 .Sp
3662 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3663 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3664 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3665 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3666     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3667     events precedence.
3668     .Sp
3669 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3670 root 1.1 .Sp
3671     .Vb 7
3672 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3673     \& {
3674 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3675     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3676 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3677 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3678     \& }
3679 root 1.60 \&
3680 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3681 root 1.1 .Ve
3682 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3683     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3684 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3685 root 1.88 the given events.
3686 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3687     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3688 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3689     which is async-safe.
3690     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3691     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3692     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3693     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3694     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3695 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3696 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3697     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3698     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3699     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3700     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3701     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3702     data:
3703     .PP
3704     .Vb 7
3705     \& struct my_io
3706     \& {
3707     \& ev_io io;
3708     \& int otherfd;
3709     \& void *somedata;
3710     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3711     \& };
3712     \&
3713     \& ...
3714     \& struct my_io w;
3715     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3716     .Ve
3717     .PP
3718     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3719     can cast it back to your own type:
3720     .PP
3721     .Vb 5
3722     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3723     \& {
3724     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3725     \& ...
3726     \& }
3727     .Ve
3728     .PP
3729     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3730     function type instead have been omitted.
3731 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3732 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3733     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3734     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3735     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3736     .PP
3737     .Vb 6
3738     \& struct my_biggy
3739     \& {
3740     \& int some_data;
3741     \& ev_timer t1;
3742     \& ev_timer t2;
3743     \& }
3744     .Ve
3745     .PP
3746     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3747     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3748     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3749     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3750     real programmers):
3751     .PP
3752     .Vb 1
3753     \& #include <stddef.h>
3754     \&
3755     \& static void
3756     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3757     \& {
3758     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3759     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3760     \& }
3761     \&
3762     \& static void
3763     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3764     \& {
3765     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3766     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3767     \& }
3768     .Ve
3769 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3770 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3771     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3772     .PP
3773     .Vb 4
3774     \& callback ()
3775     \& {
3776     \& free (request);
3777     \& }
3778     \&
3779     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3780     .Ve
3781     .PP
3782     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3783     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3784     .PP
3785     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3786     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3787     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3788     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3789     .PP
3790     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3791     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3792     .PP
3793     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3794     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3795     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3796     already been invoked.
3797     .PP
3798     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3799     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3800     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3801 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3802     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3803     pushing it into the pending queue:
3804 root 1.88 .PP
3805     .Vb 2
3806     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3807     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3808     .Ve
3809     .PP
3810     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3811     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3812 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3813 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3814     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3815     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3816     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3817     .PP
3818     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3819     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3820     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3821     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3822 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3823 root 1.85 .PP
3824     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3825     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3826     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3827     .PP
3828     .Vb 2
3829     \& // main loop
3830     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3831     \&
3832     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3833     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3834     \&
3835 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3836 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3837     \&
3838     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3839     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3840     .Ve
3841     .PP
3842     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3843     .PP
3844     .Vb 2
3845     \& // exit modal loop
3846     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3847     \&
3848     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3849     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3850     \&
3851     \& // exit both
3852     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3853     .Ve
3854 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3855 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3856     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3857     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3858     created/added/removed.
3859     .PP
3860     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3861     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3862     languages).
3863     .PP
3864     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3865     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3866     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3867     .PP
3868     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3869     .PP
3870     .Vb 6
3871     \& typedef struct {
3872     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3873     \& ev_async async_w;
3874     \& thread_t tid;
3875     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3876     \& } userdata;
3877     \&
3878     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3879     \& {
3880     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3881     \& static userdata u;
3882     \&
3883     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3884     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3885     \&
3886     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3887     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3888     \&
3889     \& // now associate this with the loop
3890     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3891     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3892     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3893     \&
3894 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3895 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3896     \& }
3897     .Ve
3898     .PP
3899     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3900     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3901     that might have been added:
3902     .PP
3903     .Vb 5
3904     \& static void
3905     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3906     \& {
3907     \& // just used for the side effects
3908     \& }
3909     .Ve
3910     .PP
3911     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3912     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3913     .PP
3914     .Vb 6
3915     \& static void
3916     \& l_release (EV_P)
3917     \& {
3918     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3919     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3920     \& }
3921     \&
3922     \& static void
3923     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3924     \& {
3925     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3926     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3927     \& }
3928     .Ve
3929     .PP
3930     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3931     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3932     .PP
3933     .Vb 4
3934     \& void *
3935     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3936     \& {
3937     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3938     \&
3939     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3940     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3941     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3942     \& l_release (EV_A);
3943     \&
3944     \& return 0;
3945     \& }
3946     .Ve
3947     .PP
3948     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3949     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3950     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3951     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3952     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3953     watchers is very beneficial):
3954     .PP
3955     .Vb 4
3956     \& static void
3957     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3958     \& {
3959     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3960     \&
3961     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3962     \& {
3963     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3964     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3965     \& }
3966     \& }
3967     .Ve
3968     .PP
3969     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3970     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3971     thread to continue:
3972     .PP
3973     .Vb 4
3974     \& static void
3975     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3976     \& {
3977     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3978     \&
3979     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3980     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3981     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3982     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3983     \& }
3984     .Ve
3985     .PP
3986     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3987     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3988     .PP
3989     .Vb 2
3990     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3991     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3992     \&
3993     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3994     \&
3995     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3996     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
3997     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3998     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3999     .Ve
4000     .PP
4001     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4002     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4003     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4004     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4005 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4006 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4007     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4008     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4009     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4010     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4011     .PP
4012     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4013     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4014     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4015     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4016     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4017     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4018     .PP
4019     .Vb 2
4020     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4021     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4022     .Ve
4023     .PP
4024     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4025     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4026     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4027     .PP
4028     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4029     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4030     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4031     called):
4032     .PP
4033     .Vb 6
4034     \& void
4035     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4036     \& {
4037 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4038 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4039     \& }
4040     .Ve
4041     .PP
4042     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4043     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4044 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4045 root 1.85 .PP
4046     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4047     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4048     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4049     any waiters.
4050     .PP
4051 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4052 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4053     .PP
4054     .Vb 4
4055     \& // my_ev.h
4056     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4057     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb);
4058     \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4059     \&
4060     \& // my_ev.c
4061     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4062     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4063     .Ve
4064     .PP
4065     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4066     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4067     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4068 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4069     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4070     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4071     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4072 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4073 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4074     .Sp
4075     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4076     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4077     .IP "\(bu" 4
4078 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4079     .IP "\(bu" 4
4080     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4081     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4082     .IP "\(bu" 4
4083     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4084     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4085     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4086     .IP "\(bu" 4
4087     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4088     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4089     is an ev_pri field.
4090     .IP "\(bu" 4
4091 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4092 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4093 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4094 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4095     .IP "\(bu" 4
4096     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4097     to use the libev header file and library.
4098 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4099     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4100 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4101     .IX Subsection "C API"
4102     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4103     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4104     will work fine.
4105     .PP
4106     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4107     to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all
4108 root 1.95 other callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic
4109 root 1.92 reschedule callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`throw
4110     ()\*(C'\fR specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C
4111     and \*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_THROW\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4112     .PP
4113     .Vb 6
4114     \& static void
4115     \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_THROW
4116     \& {
4117     \& perror (msg);
4118     \& abort ();
4119     \& }
4120     \&
4121     \& ...
4122     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4123     .Ve
4124     .PP
4125     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4126 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4127 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4128     .PP
4129     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4130     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4131     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4132     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4133     .IX Subsection " API"
4134 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4135 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4136 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4137     .PP
4138     To use it,
4139     .PP
4140     .Vb 1
4141 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4142 root 1.13 .Ve
4143     .PP
4144 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4145     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4146     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4147     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4148     .PP
4149 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4150     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4151     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4152     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4153 root 1.41 .PP
4154 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4155     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4156     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4157     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4158     (preferably after implementing it).
4159 root 1.13 .PP
4160 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4161     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4162     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4163     .PP
4164 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4165 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4166 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4167     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4168     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4169     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4170 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4171 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4172     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4173     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4174 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4175 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4176     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4177     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4178     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4179     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4180 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4181 root 1.13 .Sp
4182     All of those classes have these methods:
4183     .RS 4
4184 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4185     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4186 root 1.13 .PD 0
4187 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4188     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4189 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4190     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4191     .PD
4192 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4193     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4194     .Sp
4195     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4196     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4197     .Sp
4198     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4199     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4200     .Sp
4201     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4202     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4203 root 1.13 .Sp
4204     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4205 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4206     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4207     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4208     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4209     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4210     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4211     .Sp
4212     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4213     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4214     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4215     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4216     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4217     .Sp
4218     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4219     .Sp
4220     .Vb 4
4221 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4222     \& {
4223     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4224     \& }
4225     \&
4226     \& myclass obj;
4227     \& ev::io iow;
4228     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4229 root 1.41 .Ve
4230 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4231     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4232     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4233     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4234     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4235     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4236     list.
4237     .Sp
4238     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4239     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4240     .Sp
4241     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4242     .Sp
4243     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4244     .Sp
4245     .Vb 7
4246     \& struct myfunctor
4247     \& {
4248     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4249     \& {
4250     \& ...
4251     \& }
4252     \& }
4253 root 1.102 \&
4254 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4255     \&
4256     \& ev::io w;
4257     \& w.set (&f);
4258     .Ve
4259 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4260     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4261 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4262     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4263     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4264     .Sp
4265 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4266     .Sp
4267 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4268 root 1.43 .Sp
4269 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4270 root 1.43 .Sp
4271     .Vb 2
4272 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4273     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4274 root 1.43 .Ve
4275 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4276     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4277 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4278     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4279 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4280     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4281 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4282     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4283     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4284     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4285     method.
4286     .Sp
4287     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4288     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4289 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4290     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4291 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4292     constructor already stores the event loop.
4293 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4294     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4295     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4296     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4297     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4298 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4299     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4300     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4301 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4302 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4303     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4304 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4305     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4306 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4307     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4308     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4309 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4310 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4311     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4312     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4313 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4314 root 1.13 .RE
4315     .RS 4
4316     .RE
4317     .PP
4318 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4319     watchers in the constructor.
4320 root 1.13 .PP
4321 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4322 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4323     \& {
4324 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4325 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4326 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4327 root 1.68 \&
4328     \& myclass (int fd)
4329     \& {
4330     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4331 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4332 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4333     \&
4334 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4335     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4336     \&
4337     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4338 root 1.68 \& }
4339     \& };
4340 root 1.13 .Ve
4341 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4342     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4343     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4344 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4345 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4346     me a note.
4347     .IP "Perl" 4
4348     .IX Item "Perl"
4349     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4350     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4351     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4352 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4353     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4354     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4355 root 1.62 .Sp
4356 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4357 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4358 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4359     .IX Item "Python"
4360     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4361 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4362 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4363     .IX Item "Ruby"
4364     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4365 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4366 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4367     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4368 root 1.75 .Sp
4369     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4370     makes rev work even on mingw.
4371 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4372     .IX Item "Haskell"
4373     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4374 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4375 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4376     .IX Item "D"
4377     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4378 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4379 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4380     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4381     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4382 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4383 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4384     .IX Item "Lua"
4385 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4386     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4387 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4388 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4389     .IX Item "Javascript"
4390     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4391     .IP "Others" 4
4392     .IX Item "Others"
4393     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4394 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4395     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4396 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4397 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4398     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4399 root 1.24 .PP
4400     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4401     following macros are defined:
4402 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4403 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4404     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4405     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4406     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4407     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4408     .Sp
4409     .Vb 3
4410 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4411     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4412 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4413 root 1.24 .Ve
4414     .Sp
4415     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4416     which is often provided by the following macro.
4417 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4418 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4419     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4420     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4421     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4422     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4423     .Sp
4424     .Vb 2
4425 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4426     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4427 root 1.60 \&
4428 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4429     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4430 root 1.24 .Ve
4431     .Sp
4432     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4433     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4434 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4435 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4436     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4437     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4438 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4439     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4440     .Sp
4441     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4442     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4443 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4444 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4445     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4446     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4447     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4448     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4449     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4450     .Sp
4451     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4452     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4453 root 1.24 .PP
4454 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4455 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4456 root 1.36 or not.
4457 root 1.24 .PP
4458     .Vb 5
4459 root 1.68 \& static void
4460     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4461     \& {
4462     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4463     \& }
4464     \&
4465     \& ev_check check;
4466     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4467     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4468 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4469 root 1.24 .Ve
4470 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4471     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4472     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4473     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4474     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4475 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4476 root 1.14 .PP
4477 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4478 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4479     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4480     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4481 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4482 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4483     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4484 root 1.68 in your application.
4485 root 1.14 .PP
4486 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4487 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4488     .PP
4489     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4490     configuration (no autoconf):
4491     .PP
4492     .Vb 2
4493 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4494     \& #include "ev.c"
4495 root 1.14 .Ve
4496     .PP
4497     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4498     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4499 root 1.100 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API \s0(best
4500 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4501     where you can put other configuration options):
4502     .PP
4503     .Vb 2
4504 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4505     \& #include "ev.h"
4506 root 1.14 .Ve
4507     .PP
4508     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4509 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4510 root 1.14 as a bug).
4511     .PP
4512     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4513     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4514     .PP
4515     .Vb 4
4516 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4517     \& ev.c
4518     \& ev_vars.h
4519     \& ev_wrap.h
4520     \&
4521     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4522     \&
4523     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4524     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4525     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4526     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4527     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4528 root 1.14 .Ve
4529     .PP
4530     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4531 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4532 root 1.14 .PP
4533 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4534 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4535     .PP
4536 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4537 root 1.14 .PP
4538     .Vb 1
4539 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4540 root 1.14 .Ve
4541     .PP
4542     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4543     .PP
4544     .Vb 1
4545 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4546 root 1.14 .Ve
4547     .PP
4548 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4549 root 1.14 .PP
4550     You need the following additional files for this:
4551     .PP
4552     .Vb 2
4553 root 1.68 \& event.h
4554     \& event.c
4555 root 1.14 .Ve
4556     .PP
4557 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4558 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4559     .PP
4560 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4561 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4562 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4563     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4564 root 1.14 .PP
4565     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4566     .PP
4567     .Vb 1
4568 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4569 root 1.14 .Ve
4570 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4571 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4572 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4573 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4574     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4575     .PP
4576 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4577 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4578     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4579 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4580 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4581     settings.
4582 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3 \s0(h)" 4
4583 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4584     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4585     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4586     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4587     .Sp
4588     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4589     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4590     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4591     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4592     typedef in that case.
4593     .Sp
4594     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4595     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4596     removed completely.
4597 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE \s0(h)" 4
4598 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4599 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4600     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4601     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4602     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4603     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4604 root 1.75 .Sp
4605 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4606 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4607 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4608     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4609     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4610     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4611     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4612     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4613     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4614     this.
4615 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4616     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4617     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4618 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4619     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4620     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4621     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4622 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4623 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4624 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4625     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4626     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4627 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4628     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4629     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4630     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4631     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4632     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4633     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4634 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4635     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4636     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4637     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4638     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4639     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4640     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4641     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4642     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4643     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4644 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4645     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4646     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4647     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4648 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4649     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4650     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4651     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4652     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4653     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4654     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4655 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4656     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4657     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4658 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4659 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4660     will not be compiled in.
4661     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4662     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4663     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4664     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4665 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4666     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4667     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4668     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4669     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4670 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4671     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4672     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4673     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4674     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4675     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4676     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4677     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4678     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4679 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4680     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4681 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4682     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4683     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4684     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4685     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4686 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4687     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4688     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4689     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4690     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4691     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4692     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4693     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4694     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4695     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4696     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4697     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4698 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4699     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4700     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4701     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4702     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4703 root 1.95 environments.
4704 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4705     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4706     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4707     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4708     takes precedence over select.
4709     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4710     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4711     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4712     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4713 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4714     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4715     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4716 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4717     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4718     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4719     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4720     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4721     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4722     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4723     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4724     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4725 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4726 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4727     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4728     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4729     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4730     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4731     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4732     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4733     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4734     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4735 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4736 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4737     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4738     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4739     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4740 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4741     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4742 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4743     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4744     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4745     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4746     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4747     and makes libev faster.
4748     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4749     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4750 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4751     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4752     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4753     libev faster.
4754 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4755     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4756     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4757 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4758     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4759     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4760     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4761     watchers.
4762 root 1.61 .Sp
4763 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4764 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4765 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_H \s0(h)" 4
4766 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4767 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4768 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4769     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4770 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H \s0(h)" 4
4771 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4772 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4773     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4774     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4775 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H \s0(h)" 4
4776 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4777 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4778 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4779 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES \s0(h)" 4
4780 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4781 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4782     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4783     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4784     around libev functions.
4785     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4786     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4787     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4788     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4789     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4790     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4791     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4792 root 1.88 .Sp
4793     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4794     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4795     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4796 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4797     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4798     .PD 0
4799     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4800     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4801     .PD
4802     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4803     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4804     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4805     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4806     .Sp
4807     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4808     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4809     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4810     fine.
4811     .Sp
4812 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4813 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4814     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4815 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4816     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4817     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4818     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4819     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4820     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4821 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4822 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4823     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4824     that can be enabled on the platform.
4825     .Sp
4826     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4827     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4828     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4829     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4830     backend, use this:
4831     .Sp
4832     .Vb 5
4833     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4834     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4835     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4836     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4837     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4838     .Ve
4839     .Sp
4840     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4841 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4842 root 1.82 .RS 4
4843     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4844     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4845     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4846     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4847     .Sp
4848     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4849     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4850     .Sp
4851     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4852     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4853     assertions.
4854 root 1.91 .Sp
4855     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4856     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4857 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4858     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4859     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4860     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4861     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4862     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4863     runtime.
4864 root 1.91 .Sp
4865     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4866     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4867 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4868     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4869     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4870     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4871     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4872     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4873     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4874     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4875     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4876     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4877     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4878     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4879     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4880     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4881     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4882     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4883     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4884     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4885     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4886     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4887     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4888     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4889     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4890     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4891     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4892     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4893     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4894     default.
4895     .RE
4896     .RS 4
4897     .Sp
4898     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4899     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4900     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4901     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4902     .Sp
4903     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4904     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4905     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4906     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4907     .RE
4908 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4909     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4910     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4911     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4912     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4913     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4914     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4915     .Sp
4916     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4917     wants to use libev.
4918     .Sp
4919     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4920     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4921 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4922     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4923     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4924     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4925     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4926     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4927     big.
4928     .Sp
4929     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4930     enabled.
4931 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4932     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4933     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4934     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4935     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4936     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4937 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4938 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4939 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4940     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4941     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4942 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4943     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4944     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4945 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4946     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4947 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4948 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4949     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4950     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4951     power of two).
4952 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4953     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4954     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4955 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4956     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4957     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4958 root 1.65 .Sp
4959 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4960     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4961 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4962     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4963     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4964 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4965 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4966     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4967 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4968 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4969 root 1.65 .Sp
4970 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4971     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4972 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4973     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4974 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4975 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4976     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4977     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4978     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4979     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4980     libev considerably.
4981     .Sp
4982 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4983     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4984 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4985     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4986     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4987 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4988 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4989     though, and it must be identical each time.
4990     .Sp
4991     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4992     .Sp
4993     .Vb 3
4994 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4995     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4996     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4997 root 1.14 .Ve
4998 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE \s0(type)" 4
4999 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5000 root 1.14 .PD 0
5001 root 1.100 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE \s0(watcher, revents)" 4
5002 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5003     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5004     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5005 root 1.14 .PD
5006     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5007     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5008 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5009 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5010 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5011     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5012 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5013 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5014 root 1.100 If you need to re-export the \s-1API \s0(e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5015 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5016     all public symbols, one per line:
5017 root 1.60 .PP
5018 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5019 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5020     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5021 root 1.53 .Ve
5022 root 1.60 .PP
5023 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5024     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5025 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5026 root 1.60 .PP
5027 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5028 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5029 root 1.60 .PP
5030 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5031 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5032 root 1.53 .Ve
5033 root 1.60 .PP
5034 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5035 root 1.60 .PP
5036 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5037     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5038     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5039     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5040     \& ...
5041     .Ve
5042 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5043 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5044     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5045     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5046     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5047     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5048     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5049     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5050     file.
5051 root 1.60 .PP
5052 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5053 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5054 root 1.60 .PP
5055 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5056     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5057     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5058     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5059     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5060     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5061     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5062     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5063 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5064 root 1.60 \&
5065 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5066 root 1.14 .Ve
5067 root 1.60 .PP
5068 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5069 root 1.60 .PP
5070 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5071 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5072     \& #include "ev.c"
5073 root 1.14 .Ve
5074 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5075     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5076 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5077 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5078     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5079 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5080 root 1.72 .PP
5081 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5082 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5083     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5084     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5085     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5086     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5087 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5088     .PP
5089     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5090     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5091     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5092     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5093     a mutex per loop).
5094     .PP
5095     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5096     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5097     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5098     outside\*(R".
5099 root 1.64 .PP
5100 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5101     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5102 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5103 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5104     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5105 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5106 root 1.64 .Sp
5107     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5108     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5109     .IP "\(bu" 4
5110     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5111     .Sp
5112     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5113     exists, but it is always a good start.
5114     .IP "\(bu" 4
5115     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5116 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5117 root 1.64 .Sp
5118 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5119 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5120     .IP "\(bu" 4
5121     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5122 root 1.71 event loop.
5123     .Sp
5124     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5125     (or from signal contexts...).
5126     .Sp
5127     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5128     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5129     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5130     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5131 root 1.72 .PP
5132 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5133 root 1.79 .PP
5134 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5135 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5136 root 1.72 .PP
5137     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5138     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5139 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5140 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5141     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5142     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5143 root 1.64 .PP
5144 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5145 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5146 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5147 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5148 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5149     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5150     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5151     scared by this.
5152     .PP
5153     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5154     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5155     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5156     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5157     .PP
5158     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5159     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5160     maintainable.
5161     .PP
5162     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5163     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5164     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5165 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5166 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5167     such buggy versions.
5168     .PP
5169     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5170     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5171     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5172     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5173     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5174 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5175 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5176     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5177     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5178     .PP
5179     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5180     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5181     .PP
5182     .Vb 3
5183     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5184     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5185     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5186     .Ve
5187     .PP
5188     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5189 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5190 root 1.72 .PP
5191     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5192     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5193     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5194     confused.
5195     .PP
5196     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5197     make it into some kind of religion.
5198     .PP
5199     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5200     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5201     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5202     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5203     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5204 root 1.60 .PP
5205 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5206     I suggest using suppression lists.
5207     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5208     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5209 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5210 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5211     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5212     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5213     .PP
5214     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5215     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5216     .PP
5217     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5218 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5219 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5220     .PP
5221     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5222     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5223     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5224 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5225 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5226     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5227     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5228     OpenGL drivers.
5229     .PP
5230     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5231     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5232     .PP
5233     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5234     only sockets, many support pipes.
5235     .PP
5236     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5237     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5238     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5239     probably going to work well.
5240     .PP
5241     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5242     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5243     .PP
5244     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5245     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5246     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5247     .PP
5248     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5249     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5250     a loop.
5251     .PP
5252     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5253     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5254     .PP
5255     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5256 root 1.100 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X, \s0\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5257 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5258     you use more.
5259     .PP
5260     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5261     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5262 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5263     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5264 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5265     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5266     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5267     .PP
5268     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5269     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5270     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5271     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5272     .PP
5273     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5274     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5275     .PP
5276     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5277     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5278     .PP
5279     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5280     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5281     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5282     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5283     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5284     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5285     great.
5286     .PP
5287     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5288     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5289     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5290 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5291 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5292     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5293     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5294     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5295 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5296     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5297 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5298 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5299     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5300     .PP
5301 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5302     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5303     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5304     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5305     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5306 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5307 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5308 root 1.82 environment.
5309 root 1.60 .PP
5310 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5311 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5312     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5313     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5314 root 1.65 .PP
5315 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5316     embedding it into other applications.
5317     .PP
5318 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5319     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5320     .PP
5321 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5322     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5323     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5324     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5325 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5326 root 1.68 available).
5327     .PP
5328 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5329     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5330     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5331     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5332 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5333 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5334 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5335 root 1.68 .PP
5336     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5337     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5338     of \fIev.h\fR:
5339     .PP
5340     .Vb 2
5341     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5342     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5343     \&
5344     \& #include "ev.h"
5345     .Ve
5346     .PP
5347     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5348 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5349 root 1.68 .PP
5350     .Vb 2
5351     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5352     \& #include "ev.c"
5353     .Ve
5354 root 1.82 .PP
5355     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5356     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5357     .PP
5358 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5359     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5360     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5361 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5362     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5363 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5364     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5365 root 1.82 .PP
5366 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5367 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5368 root 1.82 .PP
5369 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5370 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5371     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5372 root 1.60 .Ve
5373 root 1.82 .PP
5374 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5375 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5376 root 1.82 .PP
5377     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5378     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5379     .PP
5380 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5381 root 1.82 .PP
5382 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5383     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5384 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5385 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5386 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5387 root 1.82 .PP
5388 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5389     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5390 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5391     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5392 root 1.82 .PP
5393 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5394 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5395     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5396     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5397     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5398     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5399     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5400     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5401 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5402     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5403 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5404     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5405     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5406 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5407 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5408     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5409     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5410 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5411 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5412     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5413     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5414 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5415     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5416     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5417     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5418 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5419     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5420     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5421     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5422 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5423 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5424     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5425     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5426     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5427     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5428     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5429     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5430     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5431     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5432     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5433     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5434     .Sp
5435     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5436 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5437     thread as well.
5438 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5439     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5440     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5441 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5442 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5443     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5444     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5445     watchers.
5446 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5447     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5448     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5449     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5450 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5451     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5452     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5453 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5454 root 1.88 .Sp
5455 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5456 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5457     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5458     something like that, just kidding).
5459 root 1.65 .PP
5460     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5461 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5462     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5463     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5464     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5465     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5466 root 1.67 .PP
5467 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5468     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5469     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5470     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5471     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5472     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5473     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5474     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5475     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5476     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5477     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5478     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5479     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5480     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5481     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5482     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5483     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5484     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5485     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5486     .PD 0
5487     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5488     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5489     .PD
5490     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5491     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5492     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5493     is rare).
5494     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5495     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5496     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5497     fixed position in the storage array.
5498     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5499     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5500     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5501     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5502     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5503     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5504     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5505     .PD 0
5506     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5507     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5508     .PD
5509     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5510     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5511     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5512     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5513     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5514     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5515     .PD 0
5516     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5517     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5518     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5519     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5520     .PD
5521     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5522 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5523     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5524     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5525 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5526     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5527 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5528 root 1.82 .PP
5529     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5530     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5531     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5532     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5533     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5534     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5535     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5536     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5537 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5538 root 1.82 section.
5539     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5540     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5541     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5542     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5543     .Sp
5544     .Vb 2
5545     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5546     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5547     .Ve
5548     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5549     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5550     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5551     .Sp
5552     .Vb 3
5553     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5554     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5555     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5556     \&
5557     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5558     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5559     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5560     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5561     \&
5562     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5563     \&
5564     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5565     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5566     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5567     .Ve
5568     .Sp
5569     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5570     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5571     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5572     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5573     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5574     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5575     typedef.
5576     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5577     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5578     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5579     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5580     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5581     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5582 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5583     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5584     .IP "active" 4
5585     .IX Item "active"
5586 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5587 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5588 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5589     .IX Item "application"
5590     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5591 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5592     .IX Item "backend"
5593     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5594 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5595     .IX Item "callback"
5596     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5597     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5598     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5599 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5600     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5601 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5602     .IP "event" 4
5603     .IX Item "event"
5604     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5605     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5606     any other events happening anymore.
5607     .Sp
5608     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5609 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5610 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5611     .IX Item "event library"
5612     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5613     .IP "event loop" 4
5614     .IX Item "event loop"
5615     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5616     into callback invocations.
5617     .IP "event model" 4
5618     .IX Item "event model"
5619     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5620     watchers and events.
5621     .IP "pending" 4
5622     .IX Item "pending"
5623 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5624 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5625 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5626     .IX Item "real time"
5627     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5628     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5629     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5630     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5631 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5632 root 1.78 clock.
5633     .IP "watcher" 4
5634     .IX Item "watcher"
5635     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5636     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5637 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5638     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5639 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5640 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.